diff options
| author |  Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> | 2016-03-14 09:19:27 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> | 2016-03-16 07:46:47 -0700 |
| commit | ed9e5fe0f3121217ddfe7391191a2482b1f028c2 (patch) | |
| tree | 66109ef06a62ef067f1cdf212c7ec76c5b469d54 /Documentation/user-manual.html.git | |
| parent | e32ae20ca3e5dea67613b330a822cd18556d076a (diff) | |
| download | subsurface-ed9e5fe0f3121217ddfe7391191a2482b1f028c2.tar.gz | |
Don't use CRLF in documentation files
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/user-manual.html.git')
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual.html.git | 13362 |
1 files changed, 6681 insertions, 6681 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual.html.git index ba678a6ef..dc2e19dc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.html.git @@ -1,6681 +1,6681 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-@media screen {
- body {
- max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
- margin-left: 16em;
- }
-
- #toc {
- position: fixed;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- bottom: 0;
- width: 13em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin: 0;
- overflow: auto;
- border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
- background-color: white;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel1 {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel2 {
- margin-top: 0.25em;
- display: list-item;
- color: #aaaaaa;
- }
-
- #toctitle {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-}
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">USER MANUAL</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual authors</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, October 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, an advanced dive logging program with
-extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba
-and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar
-software solutions:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment,
- even without a dive computer?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary
- software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well
- as open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-depth
- recorder along with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers a standard
- interface for downloading dive logs from all of these different pieces of
- equipment, storing and analyzing the dive logs within a unified system.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible
- with Mac, Linux and Windows, letting you access your dive log on each
- operating system using a single application.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you use Linux or Mac, but your dive computer has only Windows- based software
- for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> provides a way of
- downloading and analyzing your dive logs on other operating systems.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with, and takes
- into account, dives you’ve already logged?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet, letting
- you view your dive log from anywhere using an Internet browser?
-<em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel
-based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built for
-many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and
-libdivecomputer are available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This manual explains how to use the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To install
-the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
-Please discuss issues with this program by sending an email to
-<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs at
-<a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to build the
-software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the INSTALL file
-included with the source code.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional
-Divers</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_using_this_manual">1. Using this manual</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external controls for
-paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on
-the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see image below).
-For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search text
-box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the
-search text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find
-the previous and the next occurrence of the search term.
-<span class="image">
-<img src=":images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
-</span>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that
-jump to specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the manual.
-This brings up a context menu to previous links selected.
-(see image above). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option
-to <em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the last link selected
-(similar to the Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option
-jumps to the
-text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em>
-option reloads the complete user manual into the window.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. The user survey</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible way,
-it’s important to have user information. Upon launching <em>Subsurface</em>
-and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It is entirely
-optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development
-team. All data the user sends is useful, and will only be
-used to steer future development and to customize the software to fit the needs of
-the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or click the option not to
-be asked again, that should be the last communication of this type you receive.
-However, if your diving and/or subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in
-another survey, just launch <em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Start Using the Program</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main
-Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Help) at the top of the window (for Windows
-and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The four panels are:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the
-user’s
-dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on
-it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch
-between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world map
-and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the
-dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive or for all
-highlighted dive(s).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the
-selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of
-the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next
-time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last time the program was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed information
-and profile of
-the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective panels. If
-several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the <em>selected
-dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab
-of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water
-temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives selected).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the
-<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for
-all highlighted dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options
-can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a particular system
-are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. Since different Operating
-Systems and the user’s chosen language may cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different
-shortcut keys, they are not listed in this user manual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no
-information at all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the
-following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be explained.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Creating a new logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are
-cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an
-open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be
-saved before a new logbook is created.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it.
-<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook.
-1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of
- manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using
- one of these approaches:
- - Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’t
- use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See:
- <a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet
- or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and
- to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format</a>.
-2) If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile
-and a large amount of additional information can be accessed.
-These dives can be imported from:
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</a> or
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer
- to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles.
- See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record
-of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important information
-in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, duration,
-depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive guide, and
-some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
-information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log
-→ Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels
-on which to enter
-information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and
-<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical profile
-of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and
-<span class="red">C</span>
-in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>,
-indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is
-displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered.
-When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed
-before saving the information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the information
-for this specific dive is saved in memory. The <em>Apply changes</em> button should ONLY be selected after all parts
-of a dive have been entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will
-ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
-function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, <em>Subsurface</em>
-presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to best represent the
-dive described:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive profile,
-its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below.
-The time and depth
-represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the black information box
-(@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are determined by the
-<strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises several
-line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as shown
-above). The default dive depth is 15 m.
-If the dive depth was 20 m then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints
-downward to 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on
-any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it.
-To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the
-context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an
-accurate
-time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive
-to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated
-along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas
-mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the
-profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can
-be changed by right-clicking on the particular
-waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing
-the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of
-that
-waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the
-context menu (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have
-a fuller record of the dive. To do this,
-the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on
-<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
-information about
-each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent
-and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can capture this information,
-using dive details from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list of supported
-dive computers can be found at:
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
-Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in
-PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
-recommend the user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when
-connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive
-computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to
-the dive computer’s manual
-if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its batteries
-while connected to the USB port.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
-<em>Subsurface</em>,
-the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one another.
-This
-involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) of the computer
-with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive computer. To set up
-this communication, users need to find the appropriate information to
-instruct
-<em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive information.
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
-provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for different
-operating
-systems and
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
-has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
- or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
- (Refer to the manual of the specific dive computer)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import
- From Dive Computer</em>.
- Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even
-though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if
-the dive computer allows this,
-<em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. This makes
-the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves battery power
-of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
- <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g.
- Suunto, Oceanic,
- Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model name of
- the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), or Puck
- (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth port
- name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive computer.
- The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
- and
- <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
- for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for a
- specific dive
- computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings to the operating
- system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
- checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only downloads
- dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. If one
- or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally deleted or if there
- are older dives that still need to be downloaded from the dive computer, this
- box needs to be checked. Some dive computers (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide
- a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the download in order to select only new dives.
- Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded
- irrespective of the status of this check box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em>
- has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on
- the dive computer and on the <em>Subsurface</em>
- <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog will be overwritten
- by the dive record from the computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the downloaded dives
- are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
- <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
- when there are problems with downloads(see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then select the <em>Download</em> button.
- With communication established, you can see how the data are
- retrieved from the dive computer.
- Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this
- could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue
- shows a
- progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers
- progress information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’t know how much
- downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong>
- in the figure above appears.
- After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand
- side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
- and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to
- be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are
- checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then
- click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear
- in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and time. Disconnect and
- switch off the dive
- computer to conserve its battery power.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then click the OK button.
-The checked dives are transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
- message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares
- (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or
- Upload mode?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace it.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other
- software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are the contacts
- on the dive computer and the cable clean?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
- to be sure the correct Mount Point
- was specified (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
- USB port? If not, consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by
-showing an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
-possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most
-common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and <em>Subsurface</em>
-computer. It’s also possible the <em>Subsurface</em> computer cannot interpret
-the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following
-two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
-Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
-during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
-When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the
-<em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log is kept.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
-checked, no dives are added to the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>subsurface.log
-subsurface.bin</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
-<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a
-request for the files to be analyzed. Provide the dive computer
-make and model
-as well as contextual information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive computers
-and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel
-Mk2 and the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
-Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication requires
-four steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in PC upload mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting
-<em>Import → Import from dive computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If you check the
-box labelled <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.
-===== On Linux or MacOS:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name
-of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side,
-On the left hand side, if the
-computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices the user can use
-the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to <em>Subsurface</em>.
-The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown below
-the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box.
-If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local
-Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the
-<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth utilities like
-<em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This finishes the first two steps above.
-Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and it
-is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of the dive
-computer for more information. Now the third item in the list above has been finished.
-Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue above. After
-searching, the dive computer should be listed
-(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on the
-lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, select
-the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the <em>Scan</em>
-button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive computer.
-The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of the device, its
-address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired and has a red
-background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting the item with a
-right-click.
-Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer
-is being paired to Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will
-request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
-and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the
-dive computer being used.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
-computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use other
-OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue.
-This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from
-dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are
-shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_on_windows">On Windows:</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the right is not displayed as
-is the case on the Linux/Mac systems.
-To start a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button)
-check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting
-the dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer
-is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will
-request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer.
-A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often the default.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during
-the download process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask
-for your permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
-device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
-discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button.
-Finally select the <em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth
-adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
-<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it
-will not work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
-(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
-shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To
-select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue"
-press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em> option.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
- <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
- <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
-information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
-with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
-upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is the
-same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both dive computers
-to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then
-you might like to call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other
-"Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver who dives with two or more
-dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
-In this case it might be prudent to call one of them
-"Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>.
-On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the
-current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname
-field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs
-show the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name,
-allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
-computer is not complete and more details must be added to have
-a full record of the dives. To do this,
-the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add
-additional information by hand. The procedure
-below is virtually identical for hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases,
-you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example when entering a dive by hand or when a
-dive computer doesn’t provide the date and time of the dive.
-(Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture and water temperature are
-shown as obtained from the dive computer)
-If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in a blue box at
-the top of the panel shows the dive is being edited. If you
-click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are
-visible (left hand image, below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive information.
-The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking
-the date, a calendar is displayed from which
-you can choose the correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar.
-The time values (hour and minutes) can also be
-edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by over-typing the
-information displayed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
-in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
-temperature information and this box may have information.
-If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
-might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature.
-If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
-automatically supplied by
-<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
-be used).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log.
-The dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited at the same
-time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive information (e.g.
-divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the
-<strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site information. Then supply a dive site name in the
-textbox labelled <em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
-If several dives are
-made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used.
-Existing dive locations
-can be edited by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site
-and by opening the location information. Click the globe button on the
-right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
-dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive site name.
-When typing the name of a dive site,
-a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive
-site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.
-The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating
-existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database)
-or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
-current dive site name but which haven’t been added to the dive site database).
-If the present
-dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the coordinates and
-other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The most important
-items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify coordinates:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-Use the world map in the bottom right hand part
- of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location
- data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick
- at the appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are
- stored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if you
- have an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates
- were stored using it.
- <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of
- four formats with latitude followed by longitude:
-</p>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
-Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'
-Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
-Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
-negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a
-<strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
-don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d W20d.
-If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the
-dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
-the panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location
-name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name
-causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these
-dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
-same).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
-text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
-This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
-based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
-automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
-(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
-of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
-current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
-sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes),
-then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive site.
-The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the
-dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive
-performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives),
-Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
-rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be
-entered in this field
-which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
-the current logbook.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies
-(separated with commas) who were on the
-dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
-offered.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
-Auto selection of the suit description is available.
-Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
-suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: You can provide a rating of visibility during the
-dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered
-here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
-cave, etc.
-<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the
-program
-will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing
-<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the information for tabs
-in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Use them
-when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a>
-shows an example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of
-cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The
-message in the blue box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of
-<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on
-cylinders and gases (entered here) determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong>
-(top right-hand panel).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
-like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive computers,
-<em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and
-automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the table. The + button
-at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this dive. The dark
-dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a cylinder.
-Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used during the
-dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even without a gas change event.
-Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the
-table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
-brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
-cylinders:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was used
-for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available
-options for the entered characters. The
-<strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will
-automatically be shown in the dialogue.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
-specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
-corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the
-value of 21% can be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or
-trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered.
-Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the
-information for the cylinder, save the data
-either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell
-containing
-the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the<br />
-button at the top right hand. The following is an example of a complete description
-for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
-using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you
-click
-the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through a
-down-arrow:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system
-used during the dive or just may start typing in the box
-to specify a different weighting mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-In the <strong>Weight</strong>
-field, type in the amount of weight used during the dive. After
-specifying the weight
-system, save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the
-cell with the cursor.
-It’s possible to enter information for more than one weight system by adding
-an additional system
-using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using
-the dust bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive
-with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from
-a dive computer, the dive profiles of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well
-as a few items of information
-in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures
-and gas composition). Other fields remain empty.
-It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
-fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible
-that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at the same
-dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or tags. Instead
-of completing the information for each
-dive separately, select all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and
-insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need
-identical information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one
-of the selected dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain information.
-This means if some fields have been edited for a particular dive among the selected dives,
-these are not changed while
-editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives simultaneously is:
-if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same information</em> for all the dives that have been
-selected, the new, edited information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
-edited dive is
-changed, even though several dives have been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds
-up the completion of the dive log after several similar dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information
-typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive components</em>.
-A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs.
-Select the fields to be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
-select the dives
-into which this information is to be pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>.
-All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive log.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular events,
-e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily
-done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile.
- This brings up the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is
- placed on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> below). Select <em>OK</em>.
- This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at
- the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
-saved by using the
-two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If the <em>Apply changes</em> button
-is clicked,
-the dive data are saved in the memory image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em>
-button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are
-erased from the computer memory, although the dive profile is
-retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to confirm
-the new data should now be saved permanently on the computer disk.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If you’ve been diving for some time, it’s possible several dives were
-logged using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be
-imported into <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of
-other
-dive log software. While some software is supported natively, for
-others you will need to
-export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be imported
-by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV log files from several sources.
-APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are
-preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their own
-imports.
-Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by
-configuring the CSV import.
-<em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log
-software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally,
-for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you
-import the logbooks first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import
-from there with
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that
-<em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
-either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats
-of many dive computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em>
-tries to detect multiple records for
-the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If
-there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the
-beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em>
-will not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information
-to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>.
-==== Using the universal import dialogue</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface
-activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on
-<em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label
-of <em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports
-available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log systems)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cochran dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDCF-formatted dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-LiquiVision logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-divelog.de logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-OSTC Tools logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large window
-containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens
-the imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not
-accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.1. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC
-family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it
-as a binary file with file extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
-the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select
-<em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the file list
-panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This includes
-OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and
-OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but rather a useful set of tools
-for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw dive computer data will be
-imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; you have to manually complete the rest of the
-data you want (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with
-multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be
-directly imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step process,
-using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log information.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your
- desktop, using
- a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more
- information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need to create a user
- account in
- <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Log into that web site, then
- select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side.
- The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information
- (in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Finally, import the dives
- from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
-dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be selected
-from the Main Menu. This
-brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> below). Enter a
-user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then
-select
-the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately,
-displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, the
-success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The
-<em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importing data in CSV format</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either as dive profiles
-(as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed circuit rebreathers) or as dive
-metadata (in case the user keeps dive data in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal
-simplified format that allows easy information exchange between different computers or
-software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s
-Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be exported in <em>CSV</em> format to
-other software that reads this format. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet
-to CSV format</a> for information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data
-into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It’s normally organized into
-a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or <em>column headings</em>) of the data
-columns, followed by the data, one record per line.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a
- typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, dive duration, names of
- buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder pressures before and
- after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All the data for a single
- dive go on a single line of text, following the order of the column headings.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information about a single
- dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second intervals, indicating depth, water
- temperature, and cylinder pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains
- the information for a single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that
- of the previous instant. Many lines
- are required to complete the depth profile information for a single dive. This is a common
- export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software
- packages that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you needs to know a few
-things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
- data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a TAB character.
- This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is
- comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or semicolon
- characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are not evident and
- the numbers are aligned in columns,
- the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive details</em>
- file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text editor and note
- the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
-straightforward. Select
-<em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In the resulting file
-selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected
-directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel
-appears as depicted below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
-settings for common dive computers and software packages.
- If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of
-these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em>
-option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
-field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file,
-the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
-(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
-the successful data import.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
-column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
-headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately above these
-contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For
-instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If
-the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the
-appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
-cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", drag
-the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue
-cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in
-the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
-cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
-When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
-The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>. It is a
-file format that lets you view or edit information using a text editor like
-Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/X). There are two main advantages of
-the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software.
-Second, all information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or
-proprietary attributes that proprietary software inserts into files.
-Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used
-as an interchange format between many software packages, e.g. between
-spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also
-be used to import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
-some dive computers.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a
-<em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character used to separate fields within a single line. The
-field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from
-spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are
-normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns,
-followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name
-may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of
-dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-delimited format. The
-disadvantage is that one cannot see
-the TAB characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top line may be
-a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE character: the tabs are before and
-after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines
-cannot be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log
-from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive computer:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column headers as well as some of the data
-in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files.
-<em>CSV</em> files can be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log.
-Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a smooth import
-of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
-like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as part
-of the numbers or text within a cell. The
-file should use UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the
-size of the <em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time
-(<em>CSV dive details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed
-the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with
-a smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
-<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
-for the diving
-location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App
-stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect
-the locations from the server.
-To do this:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a>.
- A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> will be sent,
- a long number giving you access to the file server and Companion App capabilities.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the app from
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a>
- or from
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> companion
- page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this option,
- but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with the
- <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to
- activate the account.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forget their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an email
- to recover the number.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app saves
- this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the <em>Disconnect</em> menu
- option (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on the
-Default Preferences
-panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Defaults</em> from the main menu
-in <em>Subsurface</em> itself.
-This helps synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and
-send it to the server. The Android
-display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without any dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu
-shows with 3 options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it is turned
- off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A
- world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which you can show the desired position
- with a <em>long press</em> on the touch
- sensitive screen (if the marked location is wrong, simply choose a new location)
- and select the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the
- name of the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In order to import this
- dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> you should set the time to agree with the time of
- that dive on the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and located
- archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the stored
- locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select the
- tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the web service
- and added to the list on the Android device.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
-time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the selection box to the left
-showing they need to be uploaded to the server. You
-can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location has a
-check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>)
-are performed on several selected locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations or a
-map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by
-selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then selecting
-the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the list
-of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If you select a location (on the list
-or on the map), an editing
-panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When you select a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the
-name given to it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
-of the screen:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
-After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above),
-upload it to the web
-service, as explained below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server.
-The easiest is simply
-selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right arrow at the
-top right of the screen.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should;
-it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to be
-downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above (<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The easiest way to
- get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or just type it in.
-===== Synchronisation
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device and those
- on the web service synchronize each time the app is started.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it is
- automatically sent to the server.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service running
-in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X minutes
- until stopped by the user.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
-meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
-location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m
-from previous location.
-If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
-a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is saved.
-If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a
-location every 50 meters.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to the
-Subsurface mailing list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server.
-It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
-can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
-ID. The disconnect option
-is useful if your Android device was used to download the dive locations
-of another registered diver.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained
-during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in"
-(see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic
-mode, a continuous path of GPS locations is created from which,
-after import, Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS
-locations based on the times of dives. The default mode for the
-<em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, the
-location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the bottom
-of the screen. After the dive, click on the red
-bar to end the location service. While the location
-service is running you can only add dives manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive
-from the dive list and clicking on the site name. There are no other
-editable fields. The dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone
-to the web service. There isn’t an option to
-trigger upload manually.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
-<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download
-dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main Menu <em>Import
-→ Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the image on the
-left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. Provide a
-DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the download process, after
-which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, you can update the locations
-of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>. That applies the
-coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives that match the
-date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If you have entered the name of the dive
-location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take
-precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive information from the
-dive computer based on date-time data, automatic assignment of GPS data to dives depends
-on agreeing date-time information between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has
-a wide range tolerance, it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there’s
-a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android device.
-That results in no updates.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons for this (e.g. time zones).
-<em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive
-dives while running <em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be
-included in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more subsequent dives as well).
-A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
-Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong>
-downloading GPS data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with
- unnecessary locations that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the boat’s route.
- Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some situations it
- is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
- server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be necessary, for
- instance, if you want to keep the location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to the web server, or at least
- to use an informative name in the <em>Name Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>,
- especially on a dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
-during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific
-dive, <em>Subsurface</em> lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed
-on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-click on this
-dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load Images</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
-to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be
-aware that the time
-synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive,
-and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices
-often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can synchronize,
-then the exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on
-the dive profile.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes in three ways:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
- the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Manually</strong>: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
- difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device
- settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of
- both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time
- difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
- immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, shown in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
- If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
- tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
- In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
- 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
- in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a
- photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can get
- the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
- each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If you use
- the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
- the horizontal bar called "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
- a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
- photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
- appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
- when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
- so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
- date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
- camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize.
- Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
- date-time.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the dive, it is not placed on
-the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions reflecting the time
- each photograph was taken.
- To view the photos on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar
- to the left of the dive profile:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo
-is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size
-photo overlaid on the <em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of
-the added photographs. (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail
-has a small dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting
-the dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful
-when clicking on a thumbnail. Images
-can also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <em>Notes</em>
-panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large
-overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as
-a tool for individually accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile
-show when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in
-the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the full-sized image is
-shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting
-it (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH
-from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a drive can be mapped by the operating system
-(almost always the case) the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction
-between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive profile with photos from an
-external drive, the normal procedure of selection and synchronization (see text above) is used.
-After the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any more.
-If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the
-program only shows a small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile.
-In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos.
-If the external drive with the photos is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
- where the photo lies is stored, letting <em>Subsurface</em> find the photograph when the dive is
- opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
- machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded
- photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
- cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos
- may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
- process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
- other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
- into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) where photos have been moved
-to,
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally calculated when a photo was
- loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), automatically update the
- directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find the photo in the new moved directory.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
- which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
- the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
- complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it can access.
-When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
-- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>.
-- If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens
-(a) if a diver doesn’t have enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver
-needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For this reason
-multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive deep or long. As far
-as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
- the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
- specifying each’s characteristics and the gas composition within it.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
- tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
- by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
- record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
- was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
- in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
- right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
- those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
- <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
- tank bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of cylinders in the dive profile.
-Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes
-for decompression.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with both or all cylinders having
-the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular configuration for cave divers, Sidemount
-diving can be done by recreational divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount
-dive logging involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
- cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different
- cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
- <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
- from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
- that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
- has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
- from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
- specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
- image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
- from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
- Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
- selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
- currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
- to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
- profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
- profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
- the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
- for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive logging tool.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving equipment that
-recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing carbon dioxide from
-the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
-a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically containing nitrox).
-A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than
-using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of breathing
-gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of
-breathing gas is released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps outlined above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
- Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above
- and indicate the cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is adjusted for the oxygen
-drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile
-of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted
-over two hours.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate
-gas that has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a
-breathable oxygen concentration:
-a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas
-b) regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.
-The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental
-and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI
-and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional recreational
-dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log
-containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This
-means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR
-dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the same way it
-imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a time.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other
-digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import
-log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As
-explained in that section, the bottom right
-hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices
-that currently include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other
-CCR equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and
-the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive
-computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI
-it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log,
-click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue.
-The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
-information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to recreational
-equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas composition and dive depth),
-CCR equipment provide actual measurements of pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors.
-In this case the graph for oxygen partial pressure
-should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings during the dive. The mean
-pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as given by the CCR equipment, but
-a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
- differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different sensors are
- treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false data, it is ignored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to the setpoint.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
-oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is turned on by
-checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel (accessible by
-selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → Graph</em></a>). This part of
-the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, representing two checkboxes that modify
-the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile
-has been checked.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
-information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is activated.
-The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint information. This is a red line
-superimposed on the green oxygen partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the
-mean measured oxygen partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual oxygen sensor
-of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 1: grey
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 2: blue
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 3: brown
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct comparison
-of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting abnormally low or erratic
-readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating both of the above
-check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) are shown in the
-usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open circuit.
-These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers over a triangle,
-a description of that event is given as the bottom line in the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the
-pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two cylinders
-are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and
-end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>.
-Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay
-of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the cylinder pressure data. In this
-case there is agreement from the readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
-<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may include setup information
-or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen
-in the loop can usually not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive
-computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in the dive log,
-reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this ceiling is activated
-by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can be set to red
-by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>.
-Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
-Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that
-has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
-surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, the
-gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of oxygen
-toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations:
-<em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas consumption taking in account gas
-incompressibility, particularly at tank pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate.
-Users should refer to <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot easily be
-presented in a standardised way because the nature of the information differs from one
-dive computer to another. These data often comprise setup information, metadata about
-a dive, battery levels, no fly times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When
-possible, this information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an
-image showing extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
-more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
-Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one
-dive has been selected, figures for only that dive are given. This tab
-shows the number of dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these
-dives,
-as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration,
-water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the
-shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed
-information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on the left hand side
-that lets you control several display options. The functions of these
-buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
-Profile is the graph of
-dive depth as a function of time. In addition to
-depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the recommended
-speed of going up or down in the water column. This information is given using
-different colors:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the graph.
-So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth
-is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of the dive profile
-increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of the panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
-placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong>
-of O<sub>2</sub>, N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer
-reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives).
-Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, nitrogen in black,
-and helium in dark red. These
-partial pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> during the
-dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> during the dive.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> during the dive.
-This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during the
-dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when manually
-entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight line.
-Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you information
-about the
-momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when using an air integrated dive computer.
-Here the color
-coding is not relative to some absolute values but relative to the average
-normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange
-indicate
-times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times
-when the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate information
-during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
-the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
-<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
-and 30m
- (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable;
-something free divers won’t care about.
-<span class="image">
-<img src=":images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
-</span></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
-<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel.
-The measurement is done by dragging the red dots to the two points
-on the dive profile that you wish to measure. Information is then given
-in the horizontal white area underneath the
-two red dots.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile
-by selecting
-the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
-shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not active,
-the photos are hidden.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
-precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
-particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent ceilings
-occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases
-the risk of a diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary
-to either ascend
-slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to the surface. Not
-all dive computers record this information and make it available for download;
-for example none of the Suunto dive computers make these data
-available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates ceilings independently,
-shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
-Because of the differences in algorithms used
-and amount of data available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time
-of the calculation) it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em>
-are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are used.
-It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for
-non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode during
-the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the profile
-at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em>
-calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
-while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During the
-ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed off so
-even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does
-not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive computers offer
-longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
-<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be
-shown as a red area by checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a ceiling,
-calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for
-a particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two ways:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue
-compartments following the Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments
-(<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be represented as a colored bar at the bottom
-of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a
-red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
-(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure (horizontal grey line).
-Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from
-green (faster tissues) to blue (slower tissues).
-The black line, graphed above the ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure limit) derived
-from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
-divers doing planned decompression diving, efficient rates of offgassing are obtained with tissue pressures
-between the ambient inert gas pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a representation
-of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
-on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at the moment in
-time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The
-currently used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated.
-<strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
-but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations
-during the dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while the
-mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create
-Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes
-other than the ones that might have been
-imported from a Dive Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line,
-with the time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right
-mouse button was first clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events
-involve a selection of which gas is being switched TO. The list of choices is based on
-the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change
-events open a dialog letting you choose the next setpoint value. As
-in the planner, a setpoint value of zero shows the diver is
-breathing from an open circuit system while any non-zero value
-shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR).
-By right-clicking while over
-an existing marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the
-marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be
-restored to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive
-profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the <strong>Dive
-Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, then
-only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of
-figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not obstructing
-important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved and used again
-during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box expands and
-shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the time point along
-the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above
-where the Information Box reflects the situation at the position of the cursor
-[arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point
-along the
-dive profile.
-In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas
-and ceiling characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period
-into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
-ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
-maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth
-(END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that
-instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well
-as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of some statistics, shown as four
-buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum Operating Depth
-(MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the
-gas mixture used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas.
-For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section
-(select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>.
-Below the MOD there is a markedly increased
-risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the
-<strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a
-dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an
-ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
-is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes
-required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression
-time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air consumption (SAC) for
-the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains several gas
-switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated using the current gas.
-TTS longer than 2 hours is not accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>.
-SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC
-is less than the real
-respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly double that of
-the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication of breathing gas consumption rate
-independent of the depth of the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives
-can be compared. The units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for
-nitrox dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent
-Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are
-important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their
-values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD
-is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial
-pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
-hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an
-air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a
-hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of
-the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
-trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing
-air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of data.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the
-pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if applicable) that the diver
-was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the dive</em>. It is shown by the position
-of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The drawing on the left below indicates the
-meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the light green
- area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and measured from the bottom
- of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph
- and does not indicate absolute pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the equilibrium pressure
- of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually nitrogen. In
- the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium combined. In this example,
- the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the
- bottom of the graph to the total gas pressure value.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of inert gas in each
- of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann algorithm, the fast tissues being on the
- left hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to the depth of
- the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an
- interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences
- Panel</strong> of <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived M-value. That is the
- pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation is expected to be severe, resulting
- in decompression sickness.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes
-during a dive can be seen on the right hand side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The pressures in all
- the tissue compartments are still at the equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the tissue compartments have had
- time to respond to the descent, so their gas pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast compartments have attained
- equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The
- slower compartments (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of slowly
- increasing in pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since during ascent the total
- inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue
- compartments now exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value (i.e.
- the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in exceeding the gradient
- factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 minutes. The fast compartments
- have decreased in pressure. As expected, the pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much.
- The pressures in the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the diver is safer
- than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be performed using the Dive List
-Context Menu. It is found by selecting either a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth,
-Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the
-header bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header brings up a list of items
-that can be shown in the dive list (see above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be
-deleted (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately updated. Preferences for information
-shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low sequence
-numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering
-of dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
-added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because
-of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with
-an older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives.
-Do this by selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are
-given a choice of the lowest sequence number to be used.
-This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time)
-for the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the dives that
-need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive List Context Menu
-to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting the user specify
-the starting number for the process.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
-can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have
-date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating
-a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
-ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive
-list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
-having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
-(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
-now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip title.
-More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip title from
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. Here
-you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip location and any
-other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the dive
-company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions during the trip, etc.).
-After entering this
-information, select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right
-of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong>
-tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the
-edited information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
-trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This expands
-the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the
-context menu allows several options to expand or collapse dives
-within trips. This includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging
-of trips by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the
-trip above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip 1:
-top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the top
-four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip by
-choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then
-grouped
-into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and context menu
-on the left (A) and
-the completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete
-dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
-workshop
-calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short duration.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this,
-select and right-click
-the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s)
-from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately above or below the trip to
-which they belonged, depending on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed within
-a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click
-the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply to
-situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
-computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click
-the dive(s) to be
-adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong>
-option should be selected. You must then specify the
-time
-(in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the
-option of whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to the surface
-for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being recorded by the dive
-computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. You can
-merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate dives,
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting <strong>Merge selected
-dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong>
-panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure
-below shows the depth profile of two dives that were merged:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or redone.
-This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>.
-To do this after performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select
-<em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, so you can select only some
-of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive master, buddy or protective
-clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep dives at a particular
-dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This opens the
-<em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons are located at the top
-right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The <em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset
-(i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be
-minimized by selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are shown.
-The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized it. The filter may also be
-reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> with the white cross.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person (buddy / divemaster), dive site
-and dive suit. Each of these is represented by a check list with check boxes. Above
-each check list is a second-level filter tool, allowing the listing of only some
-attributes within that check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter
-text box above the tags check list, results in the list being reduced
-to "<em>cave</em>" and "<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find
-search terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one of
-the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include
-only the dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists.
-The four check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface
-filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the
-filters within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em>
-shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export dive information to <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Export dive information to other destinations or formats</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Exporting dive information to <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of export because
-a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password.
-If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up.
-(image <strong>A</strong> to the left, below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password.
-Once logged into to <em>Facebook</em> , the panel
-in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect from Facebook</em> button to close the
-<em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’s easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em> has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em>
-From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed out. But
-if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active (i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a <em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy.
-Be sure the dive to be transferred to the timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you
-select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information transferred along
-with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a
-<em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much
-additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is shown in the text box
-on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted
-with the dive profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the text, select
-the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After the transfer
-is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was successful.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as
-private. In order for friends to be able to see it,
-change its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a
-browser or a Facebook app.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by either closing <em>Subsurface</em> or by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em> from
-the Main Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up
-the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only
-the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate
-radio button (see images below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more information.
- UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many dive computers
- and computer programs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to <em>Divelogs.de</em>,
- you need a user-ID as well as a password for <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em>
- and subscribe to this service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on recreational
- dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration with
- <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
- profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
- duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
- that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, including
- the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable
- with an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
- must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited.
- It contains most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show the
- calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder pressure, gas
- pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search
- option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
- Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export all one’s
- dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a portable record
- of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to verify the dive history of a diver,
- often doing away with the need to carry an original logbook
- when doing dives with dive companies.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
- some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you select any
- of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available in text, as shown
- in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all
- photos or images attached
- to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive List</em>, together with the depth underwater where
- of each of those photos was taken.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
- numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
- starting from 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
- be attached to the HTML exports.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
- and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
- size and theme.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
-instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a record
-of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it’s important information required
-for admission to training courses or sometimes even diving sites. The
-security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log that is
-resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the
-Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit that you can access your dive
-log from anywhere in the world. For this reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
-dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
-back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a dive log
-from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the local hard disk.
-The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud.
-To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
- <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
- dive log in the cloud.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
- (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
- the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
- email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
- box, not visible previously.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
-(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
-address confirmation)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
-will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
- <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
-These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
-cloud storage</em> server.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
-storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
- This means the data from
-the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
-functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the
-data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
-connected to the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
-you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
-<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
-log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
-the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive information
-shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the calculated values
-shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel,
-including some cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
-don’t need the web access), it’s simple to store
-dive logs in the cloud using several of the existing facilities on the
-Internet.
-For instance
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a>
-offers a free application that allows
-files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop computer.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content on your
-desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, the Internet
-content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and <em>Save</em> of dive logs are done
-using the local copy of the dive log in the local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need
-for a direct internet connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive,
-the remote copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever
-Internet access is available.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in
-your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly from the Internet and can
-be accessed anywhere with Internet access. Currently there are no costs
-involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, Mac
-and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
-. Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To
-Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu,
-navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log
-in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em>
-main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
-<em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same
-process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
- Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part
- is required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information should be shown? Select
- the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three
-specifications are needed to get the desired information and page layout:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and other information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print options</em> select:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before
- activating the print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only
- selected dives</em>. If this check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in
- the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this check box
- is not checked, printing is in black and white.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are several choices.
-(see image <strong>B</strong>, above).
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the dive profiles
- of each dive (see below):
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see below)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the
-dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you can change
-the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal taste.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). This activates the regular print
-dialogue used by the operating system,
-letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
-the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the dives.
-Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular page.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_writing_a_custom_print_template_advanced">10.1. Writing a custom print template (advanced)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates
-to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using
-the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for information on how
-to write or modify a template.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configuring a dive computer</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and
-Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec,
-Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers
-can be read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware driver
-is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known.
-See <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select <em>File → Configure dive
-computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Provide the appropriate device name in the text box at the
-top of the configuration panel and select the appropriate dive
-computer model from the panel on the left-hand (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following actions can be done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer
- to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing it in the configuration panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the
- dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for
- a file location and file name for the saved information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it
- in the configuration panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is
- loaded into the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by selecting
-<em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are in
-seven groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and <strong>Georeference</strong>.
-All operate on the same principles: the user must specify settings that are to be changed, then
-save them using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
-leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, changes to the preferences
-are not saved.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the
- <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, you can see more dives on a screen.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> you need to specify the directory and
- file name of your
- electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
- launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
- as described above.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
- device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
- dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
- keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
- the dive list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
- the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
- animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
- dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
- happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
- by setting this slider
- with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
- at all.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
- cleared and set to default values.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
-volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button
-at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement system.
-Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units can be selected
-independently, with some in the metric system and others in imperial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless
-of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in seconds or minutes.
-Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as
-traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees
-Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Show</strong>: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of
- the dive profile:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
- the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
- panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
- Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
- highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-_Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
- for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
- the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
- Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
- from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
- gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
- dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
-<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there
-was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows
- the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
- ascent.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Misc</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
- the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
- At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
- Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
- similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower
- the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
- respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
- factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
- harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
- deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
- all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
- graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
- values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
- values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
- See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
- CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
- during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
- profile context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
- volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
- and decompression calculations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
- environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
- pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox lets you use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most cases
-will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the same
-language / country settings as the underlying operating system.
-To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country
-combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box
-lists similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of English
-or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take
-effect</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources on the Internet.
-This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with web
-services such as Cloud storage or the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are determined by your type of
-connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used.
-Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Proxy type</em>:
-If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
-after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
-be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
-password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
-through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
-from one’s ISP.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
- and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information
- regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
- Two additional options are given:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
- while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
- information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
- long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
- checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Facebook Access</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer information
-from Subsurface to Facebook.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a
-connection to Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one
-closing down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to Subsurface",
-on the login screen has no effect.
-See the section <a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a>
-for more information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates of a dive site) derived from
-a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or
-from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find
-the name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> has an
-Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em>
-or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting
-<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
-nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
-of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL
-and assumes the user is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em>
-user interface. It is explicitly used under the following conditions:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to perform
- dive planning.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the <em>average person</em>
- and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health or personal history or
- life style characteristics.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should not use
- this feature.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong>
-parameters for a dive are entered into the sections on the left hand side of the screen.
-They are: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the dive can be
-manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the
-<em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of use.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This is where the details of
-the dive plan are provided in a way that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where
-any warning messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open Circuit (the default)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Choose the Open Circuit option.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive parameters are
- appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude
- above sea level of the dive site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude
- in meters, assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders to be used
- as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
- <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by
- double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
- pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty,
- the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium
- concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the
- "+" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the waypoints
- (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to represent the dive. Additional
- waypoints can be created by double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted
- by right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting
- context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate values into the table
- marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the table represents the duration and the final
- depth of the descent from the surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive.
- The <em>CC set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers.
- The ascent is usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to calculate.
- Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon at the top right hand of the
- table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive
- Profile</strong> diagram.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL).
-It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression
-stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
-into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a
-way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using
-recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are
-done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means
-dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives,
-in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em>
-in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during
-previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
- For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives
-onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning.
-To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows calculation of
-the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> and <em>Safety Stop</em>.
- Check these two boxes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then define the cylinder size,
- the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand
- section of the planner under <em>Available gases</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/gas to complete
- the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate
- surface air consumption (SAC) rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
- with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom section of the
- dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible
- need to bring a buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
- sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so most agencies assume a
- fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better
- because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“).
- Subsurface still uses a fixed pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used when
- there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the dive profile or
- (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as
- desribed under the previous heading. If
- this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the dive plan by adding
- waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em>
- table. <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum
- duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those considered safe for recreational
- divers.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco limits using the
-Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner
-allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The
-dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified
-under <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive duration shown is the
-true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED
-it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23
-minutes, the duration of the dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the
-text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or using multiple breathing gases.
-These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
-as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
-to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
-model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
-need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
-panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
-the planner), the new values are
-used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>.
-Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.
- ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative).
-This model tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often results in slightly shorter
-dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological models but
-only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3.
-An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified
-for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth
-of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates
-at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are
-often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em>
-is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified
-in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
-pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
-The most commonly
-used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
-stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
-<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
-ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
-consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
-gas within the dive
-cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
-sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
-of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
-liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
-dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
-is not sufficient and you needs to
-monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
-The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
-if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
-the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
-for unforeseen circumstances.
-For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers an unique
-graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are
-similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the
-planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top
-right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the
-profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile
-line and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent
-the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent part of the dive
-since the planner calculates this, based on the settings that have been specified.
-If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface
-above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the table on the
-left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in each row
-of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table.
-Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the
-bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining
-waypoints on the ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em>
-computes additional way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that
-dive. A waypoint can be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys.
-The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in
-order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the
-whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
-in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should
-reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>.
-If two or more gases are used, automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to
-the surface. These changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and
-manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate
-waypoint.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points
-indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment
-is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered
-segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is computed assuming the diver
-uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the last segment (however
-short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-point) the
-decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only considers gas
-changes in OC mode.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent using EAN50
-and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button
-towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear
-in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the exact details
-of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the
-options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive planner, immediately to the left
-of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim dive plan</em>
-is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan is given. If any
-of the management specifications have been exceeded during the planning, a warning
-message is printed underneath the dive plan information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of each depth
-level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration INCLUDES the transition
-time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display transition in deco</em> option is checked,
-the transitions are shown separately from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
-<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
-The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
-from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
-ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
-accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
-pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
-details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
-cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
-are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
-are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
-to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
-in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in the dropdown
-list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
-diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
-cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
-the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
-use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
-in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
-means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
-using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
-CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
-algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
-this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment is not calculated,
-so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive List</strong>, like any
-other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to change a saved dive plan.
-To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu,
-select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner,
-letting changes be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original
-planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If
-that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two
-dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not
-influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
-repetitive dive set
-are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em>
-calculates the gas loading figures and the affect of the first dive is
-evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning
-another dive, then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been done
-then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive,
-the planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive
-and plans accordingly.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a template dive can
-be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you want to plan a dive using
-this configuration, highlight the template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the
-planner: the planner takes into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>
-for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> to
-include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc).
-After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in
-the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using
-the <em>Print</em> button in the dive planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations
-in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is
-represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be
-accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the
-dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> function on the main menu in the
-same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">14. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main Menu
-of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this manual
-dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_file">14.1. File</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and
- clear all dive information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive
- logbook to open.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or
- the selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives have been moved to
- a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_import">14.2. Import</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive information
- from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file in
- in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS
- coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive information
- from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_log">14.3. Log</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - Plan dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Edit dive in planner</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - Copy information
- from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
- the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into dive
- trips.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to coordinate your logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific tags or dive criteria.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_view">14.4. View</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels
- all at once.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and past
- years.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was logged from more than one.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Share the currently selected dive on your Facebook timeline.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_help">14.6. Help</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as
- well as licensing information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is available
- on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>User survey</em></a> - Help to make <em>Subsurface</em> even better by taking part in our user survey
- or by completing another survey if your diving habits have changed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">15. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">15.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers in
-order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive
-computer prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Linux users need to have the correct kernel
- module loaded. Most distributions will do this automatically, so the
- user does not need to load kernel modules. However, some communication
- protocols require an additional driver, especially for rarely used
- technology such as infra-red.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct
- driver once the user connects the dive computer to the USB port and
- operating system sees the equipment for the first time.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct
- driver. For example the correct driver for the Mares Puck
- devices or any other dive computer using a USB-to-serial interface
- based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or similar chip can be found as
- <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the
-<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually
-<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the
-correct device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will
-disable the device select drop down if no device name is needed at
-all. In the rare cases where this doesn’t work, here are some
-ways to find out what the device name is:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected COM
-devices.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a terminal
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is
-detected and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in
-the import settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct
-USB port.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users who
-are members
-of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a member of
-that group and
-won’t be able to use the USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod
--a -G dialout johnB</code>)
-This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and
-verifies that
-the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should
-be listed
-among the different IDs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after
-one logs out and then logs in again.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write permission
-to the USB
-port, the dive computer interface can connect and one should be able to import
-dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
-Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
-different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the
-manufacturer’s user guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select
-<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_on_windows_2">15.3.1. On Windows:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer choose
-<em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>.
-This should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in Bluetooth mode) and
-allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→ COM
-Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several
-ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should contain
-this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer using
-other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_on_macos">15.3.2. On MacOS:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up
-Bluetooth Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go
-through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for
-initial setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the
-<em>Device or Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_on_linux">15.3.3. On Linux</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer.
-On most common distributions this should be true out of the box and
-pairing should be straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a
-Bluetooth icon on the right of the toolbar at the top of the screen.
-Users have reported difficulties with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller,
-try that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have a USB dongle that
-came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the
-<em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt.
-It is essentially a three step process.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Establish an RFCOMM connection
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dives with Subsurface
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em>
-cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then
-<em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD …</em>
-and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then
-<em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
-The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On most Linux systems this means becoming
-a member of the dialout group (This is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described
-in the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using the graphical
-environment of the operating system. After setting the dive computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray
-and select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000.
-Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command line. Open a terminal
-and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller status</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, connected as hci0.
-Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional controllers will appear as hci1, etc.
-If there is not a Bluetooth dongle plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard.
-Now power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez 5, such as Fedora 22,
-one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says <em>Connected: no</em>. The important part
-is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), there is probably not a
-<code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user reports,
-the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel in the list above doesn’t
-work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help determine the appropriate channel. The output
-below is for a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel listed is not correct, please
-let the Subsurface developers know on the user forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select <em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor (e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information
-stored on the SDA (the built-in file system of the Uemis) including
-information about dive spots and
-equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable.
-Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer
-(the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port).
-The main difference is that you don’t enter a
-device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system is
-mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive letter (
-often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
-distribution. On Fedora it usually is
-<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em>
-should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the
-dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich
-download implementation (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a
-<em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you cannot download more than about 40-50
-dives without running out of memory on the SDA. This will usually only
-happen the very first time you download dives from the Uemis Zurich.
-Normally when downloading at the end of a day or even after a dive
-trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> displays an error
-that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is straightforward.
-Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and reconnect
-it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
-download will continue where it stopped previously. You
-may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are
-stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication
-between the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses
-a USB dongle based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the
-MSC7780 IrDA controller manufactured by MosChip
-and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics companies.
-Under Linux, the kernel
-already provides for communication using the IrDA protocol. However,
-the user additionally needs to load a driver for the IrDA interface
-with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the <strong>irda-tools</strong>
-package from the <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>.
-After the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device name
-from the console as follows:
-<code>irattach irda0</code></td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo
-dive computer and download dive information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
-available from some Internet web sites e.g.
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. Windows-based IrDA
-drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on
-the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not
-available for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF file
-for every dive.
-Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
-Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
-for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by
-<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" option in BLACK’s logbook menu.
-When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are available in LOGBOOK directory.
-Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
-for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by
-<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications
-adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, obtained when purchasing
-the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration
-of equipment and storage of dive logs. Communication between dive computer and
-desktop computer utilizes the IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive
-can be downloaded at a time, in three files:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
- extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
- version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are downloaded using
-a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained when
-purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>,
-within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and managed from within
-<em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types of dive computer). The
-APD inspiration dive logs are imported into <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text file
- with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import
- dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
-<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required,
- do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD dive computer
- for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the
- first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible to sequentially
- import the data for both dive computers by first importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs
- for the two dive computers are viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from
- the Main Menu after the uploading has been completed)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- generated ceiling
-provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the appropriate
-button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data are not logged
-by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly performed
-using
-the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on
-<em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more information about which
-can be found
-<a href="#Unified_import">here.</a>
-However, in some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
-data from foreign
-dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
-Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
-Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
-different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
-conventions to export dive log data.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the appropriate
- dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and
- select the last dive
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called <em>Export Path</em>.
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-A file-manager like window pops up
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Navigate to the directory for storing the
- Divelog.SDE file
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optionally change the name of the file for saving
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs.
-To export a divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database
-where the dives are stored. You can either look for the original
-database or make a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Help → About</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open Windows Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll
- use DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
-downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
-The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
-C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can
-be directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
-Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
-database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
-computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy
-of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
-which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Within Dive Organizer, select
- <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and back up the database to the desk
- top.
- This creates a zipped file DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Rename the file to
- DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a file
- <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to
-convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not
-include all the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and
-information of what units are used. With database import, all this
-information is included and readily available.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Settings</em> button
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Close the Settings dialog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
-dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to do is
-save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_d_exporting_a_spreadsheet_to_csv_format">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a spreadsheet
-with various fields of information. These logs can be easily imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the
-spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV file.
-This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook stored in a spreadsheet
-to a .CSV file that will later be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is somewhat different
-according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row
-contains the names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored in a single row.
-<em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date,
-Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags).
-Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Unit system: only one unit system should be used (no mix of imperial and metric units)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-GPS position: use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798
-=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar.
-In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not accessible
-from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft Control Panel</em>. After changing the
-separator character, all software on the Windows machine uses the new character as a separator.
-You can change the character back to the default character by following the same procedure, outlined below.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do one of the following:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize this format</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited file, type the word TAB in the box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>OK</em> twice.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the
-spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the
-bottom of the dialogue, marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the appropriate folder has been
-selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the
-folder that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by
-opening it with a text editor, then import the dive data as
-explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs to
-produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well as a simple
-Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>,
-<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified templates are stored as HTML
-files in the same directory as the dive log being processed. In order to create or modify
-a template, select one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
-(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color template used for printing the dive log.
- The style attributes are editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for printing the dive log. The colors are highly
- customizable: the <em>Edit</em> buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
- components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a template using HTML as well as a few
- Grantlee programming primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in
- a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and saved. The saved
- template is stored in the same directory as the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em>
- template is a skeleton with no specific print instructions. The information printed
- needs to be specified and formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with:
- "<!-- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions allows unlimited
- freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it should be rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives,
-Table) can be modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in the print
-dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
-.template.html</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
- {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as <em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically
-editable template. The exported data is shown in the following table:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable contains a single member:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special <em>CSS</em> selectors to searche
-in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the following table should be added.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
-in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to
-fit as many dives as possible into one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the rendering mode.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render 6 dives per page:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render as much dives as possible:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any page size.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em>
-miscalculating?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates gas
-consumption differently - and better - than you expect.
-In particular, it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account.
-Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be:
-<code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive theory.
-But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually don’t compress
-linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that one atmosphere of
-pressure isn’t actually one bar.
-So the <strong>real</strong> calculation is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
-It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a fairly
-small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do high-pressure
-tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the majority of your discrepancy).
-Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
-calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM.
-The compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down
-about eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface pressure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated.
-Or be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did.
-And as mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really
-starts becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
-contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, divetime, SAC, etc).
-<em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to trigger the "dive started")
-but then come back up and wait five minutes for your buddies, your dive computer may say
-that your dive is 50 minutes long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but
-subsurface will say it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes.
-It’s even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when
-you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it at the surface. And then
-you don’t want that to count as some kind of long dive”.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones,
-even though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of
-e.g. 999 dives?
-<em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log.
-The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
-amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store
-the dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The
-exact amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on
-sample interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the
-oldest dives get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to
-download the last 13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software
-before they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can
-import these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they
-cannot be salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2015-12-16 06:35:54 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +@media screen { + body { + max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */ + margin-left: 16em; + } + + #toc { + position: fixed; + top: 0; + left: 0; + bottom: 0; + width: 13em; + padding: 0.5em; + padding-bottom: 1.5em; + margin: 0; + overflow: auto; + border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8; + background-color: white; + } + + #toc .toclevel1 { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } + + #toc .toclevel2 { + margin-top: 0.25em; + display: list-item; + color: #aaaaaa; + } + + #toctitle { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } +} +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">USER MANUAL</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual authors</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, October 2015</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, an advanced dive logging program with +extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba +and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar +software solutions:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment, + even without a dive computer? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary + software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well + as open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-depth + recorder along with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers a standard + interface for downloading dive logs from all of these different pieces of + equipment, storing and analyzing the dive logs within a unified system. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible + with Mac, Linux and Windows, letting you access your dive log on each + operating system using a single application. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use Linux or Mac, but your dive computer has only Windows- based software + for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> provides a way of + downloading and analyzing your dive logs on other operating systems. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with, and takes + into account, dives you’ve already logged? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet, letting + you view your dive log from anywhere using an Internet browser? +<em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel +based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built for +many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and +libdivecomputer are available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This manual explains how to use the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To install +the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. +Please discuss issues with this program by sending an email to +<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs at +<a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to build the +software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the INSTALL file +included with the source code.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional +Divers</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_using_this_manual">1. Using this manual</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external controls for +paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on +the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see image below). +For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search text +box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the +search text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find +the previous and the next occurrence of the search term. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" /> +</span> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that +jump to specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the manual. +This brings up a context menu to previous links selected. +(see image above). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option +to <em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the last link selected +(similar to the Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option +jumps to the +text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em> +option reloads the complete user manual into the window. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. The user survey</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible way, +it’s important to have user information. Upon launching <em>Subsurface</em> +and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It is entirely +optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development +team. All data the user sends is useful, and will only be +used to steer future development and to customize the software to fit the needs of +the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or click the option not to +be asked again, that should be the last communication of this type you receive. +However, if your diving and/or subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in +another survey, just launch <em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Start Using the Program</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main +Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Help) at the top of the window (for Windows +and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The four panels are:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the +user’s +dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on +it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch +between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world map +and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the +dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive or for all +highlighted dive(s). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the +selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of +the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next +time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last time the program was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed information +and profile of +the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective panels. If +several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the <em>selected +dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab +of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water +temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives selected).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the +<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for +all highlighted dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options +can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a particular system +are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. Since different Operating +Systems and the user’s chosen language may cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different +shortcut keys, they are not listed in this user manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no +information at all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the +following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be explained.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Creating a new logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are +cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an +open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be +saved before a new logbook is created.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it. +<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook. +1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of + manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using + one of these approaches: + - Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’t + use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See: + <a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet + or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and + to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format</a>. +2) If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile +and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. +These dives can be imported from: +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</a> or +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer + to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. + See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record +of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important information +in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, duration, +depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive guide, and +some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more +information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log +→ Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels +on which to enter +information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical profile +of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and +<span class="red">C</span> +in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, +indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is +displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered. +When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed +before saving the information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the information +for this specific dive is saved in memory. The <em>Apply changes</em> button should ONLY be selected after all parts +of a dive have been entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will +ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a +function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, <em>Subsurface</em> +presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to best represent the +dive described:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive profile, +its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below. +The time and depth +represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the black information box +(@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are determined by the +<strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises several +line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as shown +above). The default dive depth is 15 m. +If the dive depth was 20 m then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints +downward to 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on +any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. +To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the +context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an +accurate +time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive +to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated +along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas +mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the +profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can +be changed by right-clicking on the particular +waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing +the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of +that +waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the +context menu (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have +a fuller record of the dive. To do this, +the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on +<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of +information about +each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent +and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can capture this information, +using dive details from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list of supported +dive computers can be found at: +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> +Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in +PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We +recommend the user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when +connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive +computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to +the dive computer’s manual +if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its batteries +while connected to the USB port.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with +<em>Subsurface</em>, +the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one another. +This +involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) of the computer +with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive computer. To set up +this communication, users need to find the appropriate information to +instruct +<em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive information. +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> +provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for different +operating +systems and +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> +has dive computer specific information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these steps:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red + or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. + (Refer to the manual of the specific dive computer) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import + From Dive Computer</em>. + Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears: +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even +though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if +the dive computer allows this, +<em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. This makes +the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves battery power +of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the + <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. + Suunto, Oceanic, + Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model name of + the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), or Puck + (Mares). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth port + name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive computer. + The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> + and + <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> + for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for a + specific dive + computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings to the operating + system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the + checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only downloads + dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. If one + or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally deleted or if there + are older dives that still need to be downloaded from the dive computer, this + box needs to be checked. Some dive computers (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide + a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the download in order to select only new dives. + Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded + irrespective of the status of this check box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> + has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on + the dive computer and on the <em>Subsurface</em> + <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog will be overwritten + by the dive record from the computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the downloaded dives + are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and + <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools + when there are problems with downloads(see below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then select the <em>Download</em> button. + With communication established, you can see how the data are + retrieved from the dive computer. + Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this + could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue + shows a + progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers + progress information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’t know how much + downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong> + in the figure above appears. + After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand + side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration + and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to + be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are + checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then + click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear + in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and time. Disconnect and + switch off the dive + computer to conserve its battery power. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then click the OK button. +The checked dives are transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error + message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares + (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Check the following:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or + Upload mode? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other + software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are the contacts + on the dive computer and the cable clean? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> + to be sure the correct Mount Point + was specified (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the + USB port? If not, consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by +showing an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a +possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most +common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and <em>Subsurface</em> +computer. It’s also possible the <em>Subsurface</em> computer cannot interpret +the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following +two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile +Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered +during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked. +When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the +<em>Subsurface</em> +dive log is kept.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes +checked, no dives are added to the +<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>subsurface.log +subsurface.bin</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: +<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a +request for the files to be analyzed. Provide the dive computer +make and model +as well as contextual information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive computers +and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel +Mk2 and the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent +Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication requires +four steps:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in PC upload mode. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting +<em>Import → Import from dive computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If you check the +box labelled <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears. +===== On Linux or MacOS:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name +of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side, +On the left hand side, if the +computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices the user can use +the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to <em>Subsurface</em>. +The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown below +the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box. +If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local +Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the +<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth utilities like +<em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This finishes the first two steps above. +Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and it +is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of the dive +computer for more information. Now the third item in the list above has been finished. +Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue above. After +searching, the dive computer should be listed +(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on the +lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, select +the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the <em>Scan</em> +button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive computer. +The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of the device, its +address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired and has a red +background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting the item with a +right-click. +Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer +is being paired to Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will +request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000, +and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the +dive computer being used.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive +computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use other +OS utilities as suggested below.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl +[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes +Request PIN code +[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue. +This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from +dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are +shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_on_windows">On Windows:</h5> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the right is not displayed as +is the case on the Linux/Mac systems. +To start a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) +check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting +the dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer +is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will +request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer. +A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often the default.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during +the download process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask +for your permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a +device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a +discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. +Finally select the <em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth +adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses +<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it +will not work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers +(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em> +shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To +select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue" +press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em> option.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly, + <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful, + <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains +information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection +with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to +upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is the +same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both dive computers +to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then +you might like to call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other +"Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver who dives with two or more +dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. +In this case it might be prudent to call one of them +"Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. +On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the +current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname +field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs +show the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name, +allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive +computer is not complete and more details must be added to have +a full record of the dives. To do this, +the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add +additional information by hand. The procedure +below is virtually identical for hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, +you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example when entering a dive by hand or when a +dive computer doesn’t provide the date and time of the dive. +(Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture and water temperature are +shown as obtained from the dive computer) +If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in a blue box at +the top of the panel shows the dive is being edited. If you +click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are +visible (left hand image, below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive information. +The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking +the date, a calendar is displayed from which +you can choose the correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. +The time values (hour and minutes) can also be +edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by over-typing the +information displayed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown +in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water +temperature information and this box may have information. +If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading +might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature. +If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be +automatically supplied by +<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will +be used).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. +The dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited at the same +time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive information (e.g. +divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the +<strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site information. Then supply a dive site name in the +textbox labelled <em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". +If several dives are +made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used. +Existing dive locations +can be edited by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site +and by opening the location information. Click the globe button on the +right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of +dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive site name. +When typing the name of a dive site, +a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive +site has been used before, click on the already-existing name. +The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating +existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) +or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the +current dive site name but which haven’t been added to the dive site database). +If the present +dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the coordinates and +other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The most important +items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify coordinates:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Use the world map in the bottom right hand part + of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location + data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick + at the appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are + stored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if you + have an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates + were stored using it. + <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of + four formats with latitude followed by longitude: +</p> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E +Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' +Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" +Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a +<strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards +don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d W20d. +If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the +dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of +the panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location +name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name +causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these +dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the +same).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate +text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates. +This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site +based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is +automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box +(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom +of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the +current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several +sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes), +then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive site. +The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the +dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive +performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives), +Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit +rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be +entered in this field +which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies +(separated with commas) who were on the +dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is +offered.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered. +Auto selection of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: You can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered +here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, +cave, etc. +<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the +program +will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing +<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the information for tabs +in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Use them +when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> +shows an example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of +cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The +message in the blue box at the top of the panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of +<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on +cylinders and gases (entered here) determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> +(top right-hand panel).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive computers, +<em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and +automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the table. The + button +at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this dive. The dark +dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a cylinder. +Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used during the +dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even without a gas change event. +Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the +table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This +brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of +cylinders:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was used +for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available +options for the entered characters. The +<strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will +automatically be shown in the dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the +specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) +corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the +value of 21% can be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or +trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. +Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the +information for the cylinder, save the data +either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell +containing +the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the<br /> +button at the top right hand. The following is an example of a complete description +for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered +using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you +click +the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through a +down-arrow:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system +used during the dive or just may start typing in the box +to specify a different weighting mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. +In the <strong>Weight</strong> +field, type in the amount of weight used during the dive. After +specifying the weight +system, save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the +cell with the cursor. +It’s possible to enter information for more than one weight system by adding +an additional system +using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using +the dust bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive +with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from +a dive computer, the dive profiles of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well +as a few items of information +in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures +and gas composition). Other fields remain empty. +It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the +fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible +that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at the same +dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or tags. Instead +of completing the information for each +dive separately, select all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and +insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need +identical information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one +of the selected dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain information. +This means if some fields have been edited for a particular dive among the selected dives, +these are not changed while +editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives simultaneously is: +if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same information</em> for all the dives that have been +selected, the new, edited information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the +edited dive is +changed, even though several dives have been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds +up the completion of the dive log after several similar dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information +typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive components</em>. +A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. +Select the fields to be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, +select the dives +into which this information is to be pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. +All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive log.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular events, +e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily +done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. + This brings up the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is + placed on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> below). Select <em>OK</em>. + This saves the text associated with the bookmark. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at + the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be +saved by using the +two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If the <em>Apply changes</em> button +is clicked, +the dive data are saved in the memory image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> +button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are +erased from the computer memory, although the dive profile is +retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to confirm +the new data should now be saved permanently on the computer disk.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If you’ve been diving for some time, it’s possible several dives were +logged using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be +imported into <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of +other +dive log software. While some software is supported natively, for +others you will need to +export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be imported +by <em>Subsurface</em>. +Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV log files from several sources. +APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are +preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their own +imports. +Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by +configuring the CSV import. +<em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log +software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, +for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you +import the logbooks first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import +from there with +<em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that +<em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select +either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats +of many dive computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em> +tries to detect multiple records for +the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If +there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the +beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> +will not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information +to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>. +==== Using the universal import dialogue</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface +activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on +<em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label +of <em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports +available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log systems) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cochran dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDCF-formatted dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Poseidon MkVI CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +LiquiVision logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +divelog.de logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +OSTC Tools logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large window +containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens +the imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not +accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.1. Importing from OSTCTools</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC +family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it +as a binary file with file extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using +the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select +<em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the file list +panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the +<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This includes +OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and +OSTC CR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but rather a useful set of tools +for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw dive computer data will be +imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; you have to manually complete the rest of the +data you want (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with +multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be +directly imported into +<em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step process, +using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log information.</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your + desktop, using + a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more + information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need to create a user + account in + <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Log into that web site, then + select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side. + The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information + (in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Finally, import the dives + from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single +dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be selected +from the Main Menu. This +brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> below). Enter a +user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then +select +the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, +displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, the +success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The +<em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importing data in CSV format</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either as dive profiles +(as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed circuit rebreathers) or as dive +metadata (in case the user keeps dive data in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal +simplified format that allows easy information exchange between different computers or +software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s +Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be exported in <em>CSV</em> format to +other software that reads this format. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet +to CSV format</a> for information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data +into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It’s normally organized into +a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or <em>column headings</em>) of the data +columns, followed by the data, one record per line.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a + typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, dive duration, names of + buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder pressures before and + after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All the data for a single + dive go on a single line of text, following the order of the column headings. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information about a single + dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second intervals, indicating depth, water + temperature, and cylinder pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains + the information for a single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that + of the previous instant. Many lines + are required to complete the depth profile information for a single dive. This is a common + export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software + packages that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you needs to know a few +things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Which character separates the different columns within a single line of + data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a TAB character. + This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is + comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or semicolon + characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are not evident and + the numbers are aligned in columns, + the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive details</em> + file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text editor and note + the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units? +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is +straightforward. Select +<em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In the resulting file +selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected +directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel +appears as depicted below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured +settings for common dive computers and software packages. + If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of +these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em> +option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate +field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, +the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system +(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for +the successful data import.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate +column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column +headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately above these +contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For +instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If +the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the +appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue +cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", drag +the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue +cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in +the image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of +cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue. +When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue. +The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>. It is a +file format that lets you view or edit information using a text editor like +Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/X). There are two main advantages of +the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. +Second, all information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or +proprietary attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. +Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used +as an interchange format between many software packages, e.g. between +spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also +be used to import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and +some dive computers.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a +<em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character used to separate fields within a single line. The +field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from +spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are +normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns, +followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name +may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of +dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-delimited format. The +disadvantage is that one cannot see +the TAB characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top line may be +a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE character: the tabs are before and +after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines +cannot be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log +from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive computer:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column headers as well as some of the data +in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. +<em>CSV</em> files can be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. +Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a smooth import +of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters +like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as part +of the numbers or text within a cell. The +file should use UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the +size of the <em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time +(<em>CSV dive details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed +the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with +a smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or +<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates +for the diving +location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App +stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect +the locations from the server. +To do this:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a>. + A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> will be sent, + a long number giving you access to the file server and Companion App capabilities. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the app from + <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a> + or from + <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> companion + page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this option, + but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with the + <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to + activate the account. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forget their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an email + to recover the number. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app saves + this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the <em>Disconnect</em> menu + option (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on the +Default Preferences +panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Defaults</em> from the main menu +in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. +This helps synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and +send it to the server. The Android +display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without any dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu +shows with 3 options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it is turned + off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A + world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which you can show the desired position + with a <em>long press</em> on the touch + sensitive screen (if the marked location is wrong, simply choose a new location) + and select the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the + name of the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In order to import this + dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> you should set the time to agree with the time of + that dive on the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and located + archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the stored + locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select the + tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the web service + and added to the list on the Android device. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and +time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the selection box to the left +showing they need to be uploaded to the server. You +can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location has a +check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) +are performed on several selected locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations or a +map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by +selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then selecting +the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the list +of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If you select a location (on the list +or on the map), an editing +panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you select a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the +name given to it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top +of the screen:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. +After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), +upload it to the web +service, as explained below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. +The easiest is simply +selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right arrow at the +top right of the screen.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should; +it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to be +downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above (<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The easiest way to + get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or just type it in. +===== Synchronisation +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device and those + on the web service synchronize each time the app is started. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it is + automatically sent to the server. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service running +in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous collection of GPS locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X minutes + until stopped by the user. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50 +meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current +location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m +from previous location. +If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, +a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is saved. +If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a +location every 50 meters.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to the +Subsurface mailing list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server. +It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account +can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own +ID. The disconnect option +is useful if your Android device was used to download the dive locations +of another registered diver.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained +during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in" +(see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic +mode, a continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, +after import, Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS +locations based on the times of dives. The default mode for the +<em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, the +location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the bottom +of the screen. After the dive, click on the red +bar to end the location service. While the location +service is running you can only add dives manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive +from the dive list and clicking on the site name. There are no other +editable fields. The dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone +to the web service. There isn’t an option to +trigger upload manually.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into +<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download +dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main Menu <em>Import +→ Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the image on the +left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. Provide a +DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the download process, after +which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, you can update the locations +of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>. That applies the +coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives that match the +date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If you have entered the name of the dive +location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take +precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive information from the +dive computer based on date-time data, automatic assignment of GPS data to dives depends +on agreeing date-time information between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has +a wide range tolerance, it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there’s +a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android device. +That results in no updates.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons for this (e.g. time zones). +<em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive +dives while running <em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be +included in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more subsequent dives as well). +A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> +Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> +downloading GPS data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">TIPS:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with + unnecessary locations that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the boat’s route. + Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some situations it + is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web + server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be necessary, for + instance, if you want to keep the location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to the web server, or at least + to use an informative name in the <em>Name Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, + especially on a dive trip with many dives and dive locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs +during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific +dive, <em>Subsurface</em> lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed +on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-click on this +dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load Images</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need +to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be +aware that the time +synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive, +and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices +often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can synchronize, +then the exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on +the dive profile.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes in three ways:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with + the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Manually</strong>: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the + difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device + settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of + both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time + difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool + immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, shown in figure <strong>A</strong> below. + If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting + tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. + In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted + 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix + in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a + photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can get + the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within + each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If you use + the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on + the horizontal bar called "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up + a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the + photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer + appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly + when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo + so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the + date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between + camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize. + Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the + date-time. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the dive, it is not placed on +the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions reflecting the time + each photograph was taken. + To view the photos on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar + to the left of the dive profile: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo +is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size +photo overlaid on the <em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of +the added photographs. (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail +has a small dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting +the dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful +when clicking on a thumbnail. Images +can also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <em>Notes</em> +panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large +overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as +a tool for individually accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile +show when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in +the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the full-sized image is +shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting +it (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH +from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a drive can be mapped by the operating system +(almost always the case) the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction +between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive profile with photos from an +external drive, the normal procedure of selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. +After the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any more. +If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the +program only shows a small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. +In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. +If the external drive with the photos is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory + where the photo lies is stored, letting <em>Subsurface</em> find the photograph when the dive is + opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different + machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded + photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved, + cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos + may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the + process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the + other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded + into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) where photos have been moved +to, +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally calculated when a photo was + loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), automatically update the + directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find the photo in the new moved directory. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within + which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click + the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to + complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it can access. +When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the fingerprints associated with a single dive if: +- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. +- If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens +(a) if a diver doesn’t have enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver +needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For this reason +multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive deep or long. As far +as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of + the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one, + specifying each’s characteristics and the gas composition within it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information + tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer + by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to + record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option + was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point + in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After + right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from + those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the + <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the + tank bar. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of cylinders in the dive profile. +Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes +for decompression.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with both or all cylinders having +the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular configuration for cave divers, Sidemount +diving can be done by recreational divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount +dive logging involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two + cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different + cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different + <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded + from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean + that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer + has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning + from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the + specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see + image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported + from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile. + Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then + selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the + currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 + to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive + profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the + profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all + the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures + for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive logging tool.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving equipment that +recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing carbon dioxide from +the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, +a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically containing nitrox). +A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than +using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of breathing +gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of +breathing gas is released continuously from the back cylinder.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps outlined above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. + Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above + and indicate the cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is adjusted for the oxygen +drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile +of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted +over two hours.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate +gas that has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a +breathable oxygen concentration: +a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas +b) regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. +The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental +and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI +and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional recreational +dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log +containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This +means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR +dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the same way it +imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a time.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other +digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import +log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As +explained in that section, the bottom right +hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices +that currently include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other +CCR equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and +the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive +computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI +it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, +click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue. +The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the +information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to recreational +equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas composition and dive depth), +CCR equipment provide actual measurements of pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. +In this case the graph for oxygen partial pressure +should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings during the dive. The mean +pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as given by the CCR equipment, but +a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However + differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different sensors are + treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false data, it is ignored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to the setpoint. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual +oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is turned on by +checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel (accessible by +selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → Graph</em></a>). This part of +the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, representing two checkboxes that modify +the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile +has been checked.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related +information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is activated. +The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint information. This is a red line +superimposed on the green oxygen partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the +mean measured oxygen partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual oxygen sensor +of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded as follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 1: grey +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 2: blue +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 3: brown +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct comparison +of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting abnormally low or erratic +readings from a particular sensor.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating both of the above +check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) are shown in the +usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open circuit. +These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers over a triangle, +a description of that event is given as the bottom line in the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the +pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two cylinders +are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and +end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. +Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay +of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the cylinder pressure data. In this +case there is agreement from the readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by +<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may include setup information +or metadata about the dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen +in the loop can usually not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive +computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in the dive log, +reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this ceiling is activated +by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can be set to red +by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. +Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for +Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that +has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the +surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, the +gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of oxygen +toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: +<em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas consumption taking in account gas +incompressibility, particularly at tank pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. +Users should refer to <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot easily be +presented in a standardised way because the nature of the information differs from one +dive computer to another. These data often comprise setup information, metadata about +a dive, battery levels, no fly times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When +possible, this information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an +image showing extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that +more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard +Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one +dive has been selected, figures for only that dive are given. This tab +shows the number of dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these +dives, +as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, +water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the +shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed +information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on the left hand side +that lets you control several display options. The functions of these +buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive +Profile is the graph of +dive depth as a function of time. In addition to +depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the recommended +speed of going up or down in the water column. This information is given using +different colors:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the graph. +So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth +is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of the dive profile +increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of the panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values +placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> +of O<sub>2</sub>, N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer +reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives). +Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, nitrogen in black, +and helium in dark red. These +partial pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> during the +dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> during the dive.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> during the dive. +This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during the +dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when manually +entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight line. +Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you information +about the +momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when using an air integrated dive computer. +Here the color +coding is not relative to some absolute values but relative to the average +normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange +indicate +times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times +when the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate information +during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using +the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default +<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes +and 30m + (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable; +something free divers won’t care about. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> +</span></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the +<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. +The measurement is done by dragging the red dots to the two points +on the dive profile that you wish to measure. Information is then given +in the horizontal white area underneath the +two red dots.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile +by selecting +the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile +shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not active, +the photos are hidden.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more +precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each +particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent ceilings +occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases +the risk of a diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary +to either ascend +slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to the surface. Not +all dive computers record this information and make it available for download; +for example none of the Suunto dive computers make these data +available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates ceilings independently, +shown as a green overlay on the dive profile. +Because of the differences in algorithms used +and amount of data available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time +of the calculation) it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em> +are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are used. +It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for +non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode during +the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the profile +at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em> +calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive, +while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During the +ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed off so +even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does +not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive computers offer +longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to +<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be +shown as a red area by checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a ceiling, +calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for +a particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two ways:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue +compartments following the Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments +(<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be represented as a colored bar at the bottom +of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a +red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder +(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure (horizontal grey line). +Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from +green (faster tissues) to blue (slower tissues). +The black line, graphed above the ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure limit) derived +from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For +divers doing planned decompression diving, efficient rates of offgassing are obtained with tissue pressures +between the ambient inert gas pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a representation +of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> +on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at the moment in +time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The +currently used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. +<strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, +but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations +during the dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while the +mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create +Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes +other than the ones that might have been +imported from a Dive Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line, +with the time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right +mouse button was first clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events +involve a selection of which gas is being switched TO. The list of choices is based on +the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change +events open a dialog letting you choose the next setpoint value. As +in the planner, a setpoint value of zero shows the diver is +breathing from an open circuit system while any non-zero value +shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). +By right-clicking while over +an existing marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the +marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be +restored to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive +profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the <strong>Dive +Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, then +only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of +figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not obstructing +important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved and used again +during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box expands and +shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the time point along +the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above +where the Information Box reflects the situation at the position of the cursor +[arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point +along the +dive profile. +In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas +and ceiling characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period +into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, +ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, +maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth +(END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that +instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well +as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of some statistics, shown as four +buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum Operating Depth +(MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the +gas mixture used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. +For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section +(select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. +Below the MOD there is a markedly increased +risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the +<strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a +dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an +ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that +is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes +required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression +time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air consumption (SAC) for +the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains several gas +switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated using the current gas. +TTS longer than 2 hours is not accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>. +SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC +is less than the real +respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly double that of +the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication of breathing gas consumption rate +independent of the depth of the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives +can be compared. The units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for +nitrox dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent +Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are +important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their +values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD +is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial +pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at +hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an +air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a +hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of +the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A +trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing +air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of data.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the +pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if applicable) that the diver +was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the dive</em>. It is shown by the position +of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The drawing on the left below indicates the +meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the light green + area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and measured from the bottom + of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph + and does not indicate absolute pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the equilibrium pressure + of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually nitrogen. In + the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium combined. In this example, + the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the + bottom of the graph to the total gas pressure value. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of inert gas in each + of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann algorithm, the fast tissues being on the + left hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to the depth of + the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an + interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences + Panel</strong> of <strong>Subsurface</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived M-value. That is the + pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation is expected to be severe, resulting + in decompression sickness. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes +during a dive can be seen on the right hand side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The pressures in all + the tissue compartments are still at the equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the tissue compartments have had + time to respond to the descent, so their gas pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast compartments have attained + equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The + slower compartments (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of slowly + increasing in pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since during ascent the total + inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue + compartments now exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value (i.e. + the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in exceeding the gradient + factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 minutes. The fast compartments + have decreased in pressure. As expected, the pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. + The pressures in the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the diver is safer + than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be performed using the Dive List +Context Menu. It is found by selecting either a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, +Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the +header bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header brings up a list of items +that can be shown in the dive list (see above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be +deleted (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately updated. Preferences for information +shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low sequence +numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering +of dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are +added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because +of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with +an older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives. +Do this by selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are +given a choice of the lowest sequence number to be used. +This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) +for the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the dives that +need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive List Context Menu +to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting the user specify +the starting number for the process.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> +can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have +date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating +a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an +ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive +list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without +having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list, +(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel +now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip title. +More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip title from +the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. Here +you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip location and any +other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the dive +company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions during the trip, etc.). +After entering this +information, select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right +of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> +tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the +edited information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more +trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This expands +the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the +context menu allows several options to expand or collapse dives +within trips. This includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging +of trips by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the +trip above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip 1: +top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the top +four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip by +choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then +grouped +into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and context menu +on the left (A) and +the completed action on the right (B):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete +dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete +workshop +calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short duration.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, +select and right-click +the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) +from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately above or below the trip to +which they belonged, depending on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed within +a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click +the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply to +situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive +computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click +the dive(s) to be +adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> +option should be selected. You must then specify the +time +(in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the +option of whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to the surface +for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being recorded by the dive +computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. You can +merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate dives, +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting <strong>Merge selected +dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> +panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure +below shows the depth profile of two dives that were merged:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or redone. +This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>. +To do this after performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select +<em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, so you can select only some +of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive master, buddy or protective +clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep dives at a particular +dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a particular buddy.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This opens the +<em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons are located at the top +right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The <em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset +(i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be +minimized by selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are shown. +The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized it. The filter may also be +reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> with the white cross.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person (buddy / divemaster), dive site +and dive suit. Each of these is represented by a check list with check boxes. Above +each check list is a second-level filter tool, allowing the listing of only some +attributes within that check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter +text box above the tags check list, results in the list being reduced +to "<em>cave</em>" and "<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find +search terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one of +the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include +only the dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. +The four check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface +filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the +filters within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> +shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Export dive information to <em>Facebook</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Export_other">Export dive information to other destinations or formats</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Exporting dive information to <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of export because +a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password. +If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up. +(image <strong>A</strong> to the left, below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password. +Once logged into to <em>Facebook</em> , the panel +in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect from Facebook</em> button to close the +<em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’s easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em> has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> +From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed out. But +if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active (i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a <em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy. +Be sure the dive to be transferred to the timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you +select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information transferred along +with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a +<em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much +additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is shown in the text box +on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted +with the dive profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the text, select +the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After the transfer +is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was successful.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as +private. In order for friends to be able to see it, +change its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a +browser or a Facebook app.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by either closing <em>Subsurface</em> or by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em> from +the Main Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up +the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only +the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate +radio button (see images below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more information. + UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many dive computers + and computer programs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to <em>Divelogs.de</em>, + you need a user-ID as well as a password for <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> + and subscribe to this service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on recreational + dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration with + <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive + profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, + duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information + that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, including + the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable + with an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript + must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. + It contains most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show the + calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder pressure, gas + pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search + option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the + Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export all one’s + dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a portable record + of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to verify the dive history of a diver, + often doing away with the need to carry an original logbook + when doing dives with dive companies. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and + some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you select any + of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available in text, as shown + in the image below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all + photos or images attached + to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive List</em>, together with the depth underwater where + of each of those photos was taken. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the + numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered + starting from 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will + be attached to the HTML exports. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported + and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font + size and theme. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for +instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a record +of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it’s important information required +for admission to training courses or sometimes even diving sites. The +security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log that is +resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the +Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit that you can access your dive +log from anywhere in the world. For this reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store +dive log information on the Internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage +back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a dive log +from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the local hard disk. +The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud. +To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these steps:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that + <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the + dive log in the cloud. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the + (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to + the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the + email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text + box, not visible previously. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog +(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email +address confirmation) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account +will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the + <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>. +These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface +cloud storage</em> server. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud +storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>. + This means the data from +the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully +functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the +data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is +connected to the Internet. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that +you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open +<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, +log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of +the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive information +shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the calculated values +shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, +including some cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and +don’t need the web access), it’s simple to store +dive logs in the cloud using several of the existing facilities on the +Internet. +For instance +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> +offers a free application that allows +files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop computer.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content on your +desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, the Internet +content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and <em>Save</em> of dive logs are done +using the local copy of the dive log in the local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need +for a direct internet connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, +the remote copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever +Internet access is available.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in +your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly from the Internet and can +be accessed anywhere with Internet access. Currently there are no costs +involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, Mac +and Linux) can be installed by accessing the +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> +. Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To +Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu, +navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log +in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> +main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the +<em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same +process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives. + Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part + is required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information should be shown? Select + the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three +specifications are needed to get the desired information and page layout:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and other information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print options</em> select: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before + activating the print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only + selected dives</em>. If this check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in + the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this check box + is not checked, printing is in black and white. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are several choices. +(see image <strong>B</strong>, above). +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the dive profiles + of each dive (see below): +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see below) +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the +dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you can change +the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal taste.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). This activates the regular print +dialogue used by the operating system, +letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing +the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the dives. +Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular page.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_writing_a_custom_print_template_advanced">10.1. Writing a custom print template (advanced)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates +to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using +the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for information on how +to write or modify a template.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configuring a dive computer</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and +Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, +Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers +can be read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware driver +is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known. +See <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select <em>File → Configure dive +computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Provide the appropriate device name in the text box at the +top of the configuration panel and select the appropriate dive +computer model from the panel on the left-hand (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following actions can be done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer + to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing it in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the + dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for + a file location and file name for the saved information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it + in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is + loaded into the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by selecting +<em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are in +seven groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and <strong>Georeference</strong>. +All operate on the same principles: the user must specify settings that are to be changed, then +save them using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then +leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, changes to the preferences +are not saved.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the + <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, you can see more dives on a screen. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> you need to specify the directory and + file name of your + electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When + launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk + as described above. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud + device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide + dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to + keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in + the dive list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in + the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using + animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to + dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not + happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled + by setting this slider + with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation + at all. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are + cleared and set to default values. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, +volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button +at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement system. +Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units can be selected +independently, with some in the metric system and others in imperial.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless +of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in seconds or minutes. +Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as +traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees +Choose the appropriate option.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Show</strong>: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of + the dive profile: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during + the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> + panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the + Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is + highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +_Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD) + for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default + the computer reported ceiling is shown in white. + Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ + from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and + gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a + dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the +<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there +was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows + the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before + ascent. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Misc</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is + the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. + At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. + Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a + similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower + the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with + respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient + factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered + harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the + deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at + all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub> + graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint + values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub> + values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system. + See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong> +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a + CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained + during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the + profile context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the + volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning + and decompression calculations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the + environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a + pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox lets you use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most cases +will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the same +language / country settings as the underlying operating system. +To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country +combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box +lists similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of English +or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take +effect</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources on the Internet. +This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with web +services such as Cloud storage or the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are determined by your type of +connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used. +Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Proxy type</em>: +If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list, +after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should +be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and +password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass +through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained +from one’s ISP. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address + and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information + regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately. + Two additional options are given: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage + while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this + information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very + long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By + checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Facebook Access</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer information +from Subsurface to Facebook.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a +connection to Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one +closing down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to Subsurface", +on the login screen has no effect. +See the section <a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a> +for more information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates of a dive site) derived from +a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or +from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find +the name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> has an +Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> +or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting +<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of +nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition +of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL +and assumes the user is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> +user interface. It is explicitly used under the following conditions:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to perform + dive planning. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the <em>average person</em> + and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health or personal history or + life style characteristics. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is used. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should not use + this feature. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> +parameters for a dive are entered into the sections on the left hand side of the screen. +They are: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the dive can be +manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the +<em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of use.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This is where the details of +the dive plan are provided in a way that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where +any warning messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open Circuit (the default) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Choose the Open Circuit option. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive parameters are + appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude + above sea level of the dive site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude + in meters, assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders to be used + as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for + <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by + double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work + pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty, + the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium + concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the + "+" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Drag the waypoints + (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to represent the dive. Additional + waypoints can be created by double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted + by right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting + context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate values into the table + marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the table represents the duration and the final + depth of the descent from the surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. + The <em>CC set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. + The ascent is usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to calculate. + Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon at the top right hand of the + table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive + Profile</strong> diagram. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL). +It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression +stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes +into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a +way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using +recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are +done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means +dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> +dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, +in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em> +in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during +previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned. + For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives +onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning. +To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows calculation of +the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> and <em>Safety Stop</em>. + Check these two boxes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then define the cylinder size, + the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand + section of the planner under <em>Available gases</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/gas to complete + the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate + surface air consumption (SAC) rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min, + with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom section of the + dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible + need to bring a buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in + sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so most agencies assume a + fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better + because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). + Subsurface still uses a fixed pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used when + there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the dive profile or + (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as + desribed under the previous heading. If + this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the dive plan by adding + waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> + table. <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum + duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those considered safe for recreational + divers. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco limits using the +Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner +allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The +dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified +under <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive duration shown is the +true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED +it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 +minutes, the duration of the dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the +text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or using multiple breathing gases. +These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, +as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> +to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B +model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low +need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> +panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within +the planner), the new values are +used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. +Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive. + ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). +This model tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often results in slightly shorter +dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological models but +only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3. +An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified +for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth +of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates +at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are +often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em> +is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified +in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial +pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). +The most commonly +used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression +stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the +<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during +ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary +consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of +gas within the dive +cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly +sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate +of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in +liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the +dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess +is not sufficient and you needs to +monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. +The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning +if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to +the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept +for unforeseen circumstances. +For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers an unique +graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are +similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the +planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top +right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the +profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile +line and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent +the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent part of the dive +since the planner calculates this, based on the settings that have been specified. +If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface +above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the table on the +left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in each row +of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. +Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the +bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining +waypoints on the ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> +computes additional way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that +dive. A waypoint can be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. +The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in +order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the +whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained +in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should +reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. +If two or more gases are used, automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to +the surface. These changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and +manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate +waypoint.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points +indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment +is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered +segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is computed assuming the diver +uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the last segment (however +short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-point) the +decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only considers gas +changes in OC mode.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent using EAN50 +and using the settings as described above.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button +towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear +in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the exact details +of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the +options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive planner, immediately to the left +of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim dive plan</em> +is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan is given. If any +of the management specifications have been exceeded during the planning, a warning +message is printed underneath the dive plan information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of each depth +level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration INCLUDES the transition +time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display transition in deco</em> option is checked, +the transitions are shown separately from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than +<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list. +The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> +from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump +ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop +accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the +pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan +details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out +cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables +are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints +are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable +to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen +in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in the dropdown +list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the +diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen +cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from +the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table +use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments +in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint +means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated +using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a +CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression +algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but +this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment is not calculated, +so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive List</strong>, like any +other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to change a saved dive plan. +To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, +select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, +letting changes be made and saved as usual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original +planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If +that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two +dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not +influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the +repetitive dive set +are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> +calculates the gas loading figures and the affect of the first dive is +evaluated on later dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning +another dive, then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been done +then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, +the planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive +and plans accordingly.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a template dive can +be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you want to plan a dive using +this configuration, highlight the template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the +planner: the planner takes into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> +for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> to +include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc). +After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in +the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using +the <em>Print</em> button in the dive planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations +in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is +represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be +accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the +dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> function on the main menu in the +same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">14. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main Menu +of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this manual +dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_file">14.1. File</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and + clear all dive information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive + logbook to open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or + the selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives have been moved to + a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_import">14.2. Import</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive information + from a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file in + in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS + coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive information + from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_log">14.3. Log</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - Plan dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Edit dive in planner</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - Copy information + from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, + the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> + panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into dive + trips. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to coordinate your logs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific tags or dive criteria. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_view">14.4. View</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels + all at once. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and past + years. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was logged from more than one. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Share the currently selected dive on your Facebook timeline. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_help">14.6. Help</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as + well as licensing information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is available + on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>User survey</em></a> - Help to make <em>Subsurface</em> even better by taking part in our user survey + or by completing another survey if your diving habits have changed. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>User manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">15. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">15.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers in +order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive +computer prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +On Linux users need to have the correct kernel + module loaded. Most distributions will do this automatically, so the + user does not need to load kernel modules. However, some communication + protocols require an additional driver, especially for rarely used + technology such as infra-red. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct + driver once the user connects the dive computer to the USB port and + operating system sees the equipment for the first time. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct + driver. For example the correct driver for the Mares Puck + devices or any other dive computer using a USB-to-serial interface + based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or similar chip can be found as + <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the +<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually +<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the +correct device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will +disable the device select drop down if no device name is needed at +all. In the rare cases where this doesn’t work, here are some +ways to find out what the device name is:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected COM +devices.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a terminal +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is +detected and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in +the import settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct +USB port.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users who +are members +of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a member of +that group and +won’t be able to use the USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod +-a -G dialout johnB</code>) +This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and +verifies that +the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should +be listed +among the different IDs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after +one logs out and then logs in again. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write permission +to the USB +port, the dive computer interface can connect and one should be able to import +dives.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a +different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with +<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the +manufacturer’s user guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select +<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_on_windows_2">15.3.1. On Windows:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer choose +<em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. +This should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in Bluetooth mode) and +allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→ COM +Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several +ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should contain +this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer using +other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_on_macos">15.3.2. On MacOS:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up +Bluetooth Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go +through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for +initial setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the +<em>Device or Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_on_linux">15.3.3. On Linux</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. +On most common distributions this should be true out of the box and +pairing should be straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a +Bluetooth icon on the right of the toolbar at the top of the screen. +Users have reported difficulties with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, +try that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have a USB dongle that +came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the +<em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt. +It is essentially a three step process.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Establish an RFCOMM connection +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the dives with Subsurface +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> +cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then +<em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD …</em> +and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then +<em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>. +The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On most Linux systems this means becoming +a member of the dialout group (This is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described +in the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using the graphical +environment of the operating system. After setting the dive computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray +and select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000. +Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command line. Open a terminal +and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller status</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *DOWN* + RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 + TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, connected as hci0. +Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional controllers will appear as hci1, etc. +If there is not a Bluetooth dongle plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. +Now power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted) +hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* + RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 + TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez 5, such as Fedora 22, +one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will bring up its own command prompt.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>bluetoothctl +[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] +[bluetooth]# agent on +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode +Discovery started +[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes +[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel +[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes +Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded +[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes +Pairing successful +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says <em>Connected: no</em>. The important part +is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), there is probably not a +<code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning +Scanning ... + 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel + bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user reports, +the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted) +Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel in the list above doesn’t +work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help determine the appropriate channel. The output +below is for a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Service Name: Serial Port +Service RecHandle: 0x10000 +Service Class ID List: + "Serial Port" (0x1101) + Protocol Descriptor List: + "L2CAP" (0x0100) + "RFCOMM" (0x0003) + Channel: 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel listed is not correct, please +let the Subsurface developers know on the user forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select <em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor (e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information +stored on the SDA (the built-in file system of the Uemis) including +information about dive spots and +equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. +Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer +(the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port). +The main difference is that you don’t enter a +device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system is +mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive letter ( +often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the +distribution. On Fedora it usually is +<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> +should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the +dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich +download implementation (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a +<em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you cannot download more than about 40-50 +dives without running out of memory on the SDA. This will usually only +happen the very first time you download dives from the Uemis Zurich. +Normally when downloading at the end of a day or even after a dive +trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> displays an error +that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is straightforward. +Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and reconnect +it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the +download will continue where it stopped previously. You +may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are +stored on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication +between the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses +a USB dongle based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the +MSC7780 IrDA controller manufactured by MosChip +and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics companies. +Under Linux, the kernel +already provides for communication using the IrDA protocol. However, +the user additionally needs to load a driver for the IrDA interface +with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the <strong>irda-tools</strong> +package from the <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. +After the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device name +from the console as follows: +<code>irattach irda0</code></td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo +dive computer and download dive information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are +available from some Internet web sites e.g. +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. Windows-based IrDA +drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on +the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not +available for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF file +for every dive. +Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. +Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so +for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by +<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" option in BLACK’s logbook menu. +When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are available in LOGBOOK directory. +Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so +for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by +<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP BLACK.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications +adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, obtained when purchasing +the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration +of equipment and storage of dive logs. Communication between dive computer and +desktop computer utilizes the IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive +can be downloaded at a time, in three files:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt + extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed + version of the dive log using a proprietary format. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are downloaded using +a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained when +purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>, +within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and managed from within +<em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types of dive computer). The +APD inspiration dive logs are imported into <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text file + with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import + dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the +<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required, + do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD dive computer + for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the + first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible to sequentially + import the data for both dive computers by first importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs + for the two dive computers are viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from + the Main Menu after the uploading has been completed) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- generated ceiling +provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the appropriate +button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data are not logged +by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly performed +using +the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on +<em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more information about which +can be found +<a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> +However, in some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log +data from foreign +dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent +Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The +different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming +conventions to export dive log data.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the appropriate + dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and + select the last dive +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called <em>Export Path</em>. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Click the browse button next to the field Export Path +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +A file-manager like window pops up +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Navigate to the directory for storing the + Divelog.SDE file +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Optionally change the name of the file for saving +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. +To export a divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database +where the dives are stored. You can either look for the original +database or make a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Help → About</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open Windows Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>File - Create backup</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll + use DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows +downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. +The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at +C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can +be directly imported to Subsurface.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a +Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The +database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular +computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy +of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format +which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Within Dive Organizer, select + <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and back up the database to the desk + top. + This creates a zipped file DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Rename the file to + DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a file + <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to +convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not +include all the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and +information of what units are used. With database import, all this +information is included and readily available.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Settings</em> button +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Close the Settings dialog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the +dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to do is +save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_d_exporting_a_spreadsheet_to_csv_format">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a spreadsheet +with various fields of information. These logs can be easily imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the +spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV file. +This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook stored in a spreadsheet +to a .CSV file that will later be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. +Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is somewhat different +according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row +contains the names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored in a single row. +<em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date, +Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). +Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Unit system: only one unit system should be used (no mix of imperial and metric units) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +GPS position: use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798 +=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em> +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. +In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not accessible +from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft Control Panel</em>. After changing the +separator character, all software on the Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. +You can change the character back to the default character by following the same procedure, outlined below.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do one of the following: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize this format</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited file, type the word TAB in the box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>OK</em> twice. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the +spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the +bottom of the dialogue, marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the appropriate folder has been +selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the +folder that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by +opening it with a text editor, then import the dive data as +explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs to +produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well as a simple +Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>, +<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified templates are stored as HTML +files in the same directory as the dive log being processed. In order to create or modify +a template, select one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue +(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color template used for printing the dive log. + The style attributes are editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for printing the dive log. The colors are highly + customizable: the <em>Edit</em> buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different + components of the dive log printout.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a template using HTML as well as a few + Grantlee programming primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in + a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and saved. The saved + template is stored in the same directory as the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> + template is a skeleton with no specific print instructions. The information printed + needs to be specified and formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: + "<!-- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions allows unlimited + freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it should be rendered.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, +Table) can be modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in the print +dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows: +.template.html</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} + <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> + {% endfor %}</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> + <h1> 2 </h1> + <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as <em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically +editable template. The exported data is shown in the following table:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable contains a single member:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + {{ print_options.grayscale }}; + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special <em>CSS</em> selectors to searche +in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the following table should be added.</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used +in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when data-numberofdives = 0).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to +fit as many dives as possible into one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the rendering mode.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render 6 dives per page: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render as much dives as possible: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any page size.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> +miscalculating?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates gas +consumption differently - and better - than you expect. +In particular, it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. +Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be: +<code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive theory. +But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually don’t compress +linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that one atmosphere of +pressure isn’t actually one bar. +So the <strong>real</strong> calculation is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". +It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a fairly +small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do high-pressure +tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the majority of your discrepancy). +Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple +calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. +The compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down +about eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. +Or be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. +And as mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really +starts becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not +contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, divetime, SAC, etc). +<em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to trigger the "dive started") +but then come back up and wait five minutes for your buddies, your dive computer may say +that your dive is 50 minutes long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but +subsurface will say it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. +It’s even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when +you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it at the surface. And then +you don’t want that to count as some kind of long dive”.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, +even though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of +e.g. 999 dives? +<em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. +The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total +amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store +the dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The +exact amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on +sample interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the +oldest dives get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to +download the last 13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software +before they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can +import these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they +cannot be salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2015-12-16 06:35:54 PST +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> |